Sema.h revision 0c018357b8bbb1f96bbf622a5807421e626b4228
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
51#include <deque>
52#include <string>
53#include <vector>
54
55namespace llvm {
56  class APSInt;
57  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
58  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
59  class SmallBitVector;
60}
61
62namespace clang {
63  class ADLResult;
64  class ASTConsumer;
65  class ASTContext;
66  class ASTMutationListener;
67  class ASTReader;
68  class ASTWriter;
69  class ArrayType;
70  class AttributeList;
71  class BlockDecl;
72  class CapturedDecl;
73  class CXXBasePath;
74  class CXXBasePaths;
75  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
76  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
77  class CXXConstructorDecl;
78  class CXXConversionDecl;
79  class CXXDestructorDecl;
80  class CXXFieldCollector;
81  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
82  class CXXMethodDecl;
83  class CXXScopeSpec;
84  class CXXTemporary;
85  class CXXTryStmt;
86  class CallExpr;
87  class ClassTemplateDecl;
88  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
89  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
90  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
92  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
93  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
94  class CodeCompletionResult;
95  class Decl;
96  class DeclAccessPair;
97  class DeclContext;
98  class DeclRefExpr;
99  class DeclaratorDecl;
100  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
101  class DependentDiagnostic;
102  class DesignatedInitExpr;
103  class Designation;
104  class EnumConstantDecl;
105  class Expr;
106  class ExtVectorType;
107  class ExternalSemaSource;
108  class FormatAttr;
109  class FriendDecl;
110  class FunctionDecl;
111  class FunctionProtoType;
112  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
113  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
114  class InitListExpr;
115  class InitializationKind;
116  class InitializationSequence;
117  class InitializedEntity;
118  class IntegerLiteral;
119  class LabelStmt;
120  class LambdaExpr;
121  class LangOptions;
122  class LocalInstantiationScope;
123  class LookupResult;
124  class MacroInfo;
125  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
126  class NamedDecl;
127  class NonNullAttr;
128  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
129  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
130  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
131  class ObjCContainerDecl;
132  class ObjCImplDecl;
133  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
134  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
135  class ObjCIvarDecl;
136  template <class T> class ObjCList;
137  class ObjCMessageExpr;
138  class ObjCMethodDecl;
139  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
140  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
141  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
142  class OMPClause;
143  class OverloadCandidateSet;
144  class OverloadExpr;
145  class ParenListExpr;
146  class ParmVarDecl;
147  class Preprocessor;
148  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
149  class PseudoObjectExpr;
150  class QualType;
151  class StandardConversionSequence;
152  class Stmt;
153  class StringLiteral;
154  class SwitchStmt;
155  class TargetAttributesSema;
156  class TemplateArgument;
157  class TemplateArgumentList;
158  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
159  class TemplateDecl;
160  class TemplateParameterList;
161  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
162  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
163  class Token;
164  class TypeAliasDecl;
165  class TypedefDecl;
166  class TypedefNameDecl;
167  class TypeLoc;
168  class UnqualifiedId;
169  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
170  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
171  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
172  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
173  class UsingDecl;
174  class UsingShadowDecl;
175  class ValueDecl;
176  class VarDecl;
177  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
178  class VisibilityAttr;
179  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
180  class IndirectFieldDecl;
181  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
182  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
183
184namespace sema {
185  class AccessedEntity;
186  class BlockScopeInfo;
187  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
188  class CapturingScopeInfo;
189  class CompoundScopeInfo;
190  class DelayedDiagnostic;
191  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
192  class FunctionScopeInfo;
193  class LambdaScopeInfo;
194  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
195  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
196}
197
198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
201                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
202
203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
204class Sema {
205  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
206  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
207  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
208
209  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
210  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
211
212  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
213  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
214
215  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
216
217  static bool
218  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
219    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
220    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
221    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
222    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
223    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
224    // with internal linkage.
225    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
226  }
227
228public:
229  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
230  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
231  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
232
233  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
234  FPOptions FPFeatures;
235
236  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
237  Preprocessor &PP;
238  ASTContext &Context;
239  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
240  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
241  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
242
243  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
244  bool CollectStats;
245
246  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
247  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
248
249  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
250  DeclContext *CurContext;
251
252  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
253  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
254  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
255
256  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
257  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
258  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
259
260  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
261  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
262  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
263
264  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
265
266  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
267  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
268
269  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
270  ///
271  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
272  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
273  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
274
275  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
276  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
277  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
278
279  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
280  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
281  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
282  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
283
284  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
285
286  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
287  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
288  ///
289  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
290  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
291  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
292  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
293
294  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
295                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
296    ExtVectorDeclsType;
297
298  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
299  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
300  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
301  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
302
303  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
304  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
305
306  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
307
308  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
309  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
310
311  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
312
313  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
314  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
315  /// same list more than once.
316  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
317
318  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
319  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
320  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
321
322  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
323  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
324  ///
325  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
326  /// scopes, e.g.,
327  ///
328  /// \code
329  /// extern "C" void f() {
330  ///   void foo(int, int);
331  /// }
332  /// \endcode
333  ///
334  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
335  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
336  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
337  ///
338  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
339  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
340  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
341  ///     for compatibility.
342  ///
343  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
344  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
345  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
346  ///     not visible.
347  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
348
349  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
350  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
351
352  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
353                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
354    TentativeDefinitionsType;
355
356  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
357  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
358
359  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
360                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
361    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
362
363  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
364  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
365  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
366
367  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
368                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
369    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
370
371  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
372  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
373  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
374
375  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
376  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
377  /// exception spec.
378  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
379
380  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
381  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
382  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
383  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
384                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
385      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
386
387  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
388  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
389  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
390  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
391  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
392  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
393  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
394  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
395    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
396
397  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
398  LateParsedTemplateMapT;
399  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
400
401  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
402  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
403  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
404  void *OpaqueParser;
405
406  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
407    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
408    OpaqueParser = P;
409  }
410
411  class DelayedDiagnostics;
412
413  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
414    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
415    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
416  };
417  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
418  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
419
420  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
421  /// during parsing and other processing.
422  class DelayedDiagnostics {
423    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
424    /// diagnostics should go.
425    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
426
427  public:
428    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
429
430    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
431    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
432
433    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
434    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
435
436    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
437    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
438      return CurPool;
439    }
440
441    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
442    /// collected in this pool.
443    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
444      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
445      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
446      CurPool = &pool;
447      return state;
448    }
449
450    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
451    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
452    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
453    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
454      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
455    }
456
457    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
458    /// not delayed.
459    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
460      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
461      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
462      CurPool = 0;
463      return state;
464    }
465
466    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
467    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
468      assert(CurPool == NULL);
469      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
470    }
471  } DelayedDiagnostics;
472
473  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
474  class ContextRAII {
475  private:
476    Sema &S;
477    DeclContext *SavedContext;
478    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
479    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
480
481  public:
482    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
483      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
484        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
485        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
486    {
487      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
488      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
489    }
490
491    void pop() {
492      if (!SavedContext) return;
493      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
494      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
495      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
496      SavedContext = 0;
497    }
498
499    ~ContextRAII() {
500      pop();
501    }
502  };
503
504  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
505  /// a function body.
506  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
507    Sema &S;
508    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
509
510  public:
511    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
512      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
513    {
514      S.PushFunctionScope();
515      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
516    }
517
518    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
519      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
520      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
521    }
522  };
523
524  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
525  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
526  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
527  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
528
529  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
530  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
531  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
532  /// in the currently selected standard.
533  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
534
535
536  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
537  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
538
539  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
540  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
541  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
542  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
543  /// It would be best to refactor this.
544  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
545
546  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
547
548  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
549  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
550  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
551  Scope *TUScope;
552
553  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
554  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
555
556  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
557  /// standard library.
558  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
559
560  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
561  /// \<initializer_list>.
562  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
563
564  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
565  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
566
567  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
568  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
569
570  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
571  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
577  QualType NSNumberPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
584
585  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
586  QualType NSStringPointer;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
589  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
592  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
593
594  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
595  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
596
597  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
598  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
599
600  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
601  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
602
603  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
604  QualType QIDNSCopying;
605
606  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
607  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
608
609  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
610  /// have been declared.
611  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
612
613  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
614  /// references to fields.  This is really a
615  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
616
617  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
618  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
619  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
620    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
621    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
622    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
623    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
624    /// run time.
625    Unevaluated,
626
627    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
628    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
629    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
630    UnevaluatedAbstract,
631
632    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
633    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
634    /// cases in a switch statment).
635    ConstantEvaluated,
636
637    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
638    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
639    /// expression at run time.
640    PotentiallyEvaluated,
641
642    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
643    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
644    /// in fact the current expression is used.
645    ///
646    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
647    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
648    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
649    /// until the default argument is used.
650    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
651  };
652
653  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
654  /// expression evaluation contexts.
655  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
656    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
657    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
658
659    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
660    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
661
662    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
663    bool IsDecltype;
664
665    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
666    /// this expression evaluation context.
667    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
668
669    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
670
671    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
672    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
673    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
674
675    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
676    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
677    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
678    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
679
680    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
681    /// and block literals within this context.
682    ///
683    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
684    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
685    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
686
687    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
688    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
689    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
690
691    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
692    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
693    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
694
695    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
696                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
697                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
698                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
699                                      bool IsDecltype)
700      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
701        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
702        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
703
704    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
705    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
706    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() {
707      assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration");
708      if (!MangleNumbering)
709        MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext;
710      return *MangleNumbering;
711    }
712
713    bool isUnevaluated() const {
714      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
715    }
716  };
717
718  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
719  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
720
721  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
722  /// block literal.
723  ///
724  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
725  /// block literal.
726  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
727  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
728  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
729    const DeclContext *DC,
730    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
731
732
733  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
734  /// function.
735  ///
736  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
737  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
738  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
739  public:
740    enum Kind {
741      NoMemberOrDeleted,
742      Ambiguous,
743      Success
744    };
745
746  private:
747    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
748
749  public:
750    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
751      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
752    {}
753
754    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
755    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
756
757    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
758    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
759  };
760
761  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
762  /// for C++ records.
763  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
764
765  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
766  ///
767  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
768  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
769  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
770  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
771  /// checks.
772  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
773
774  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
775
776  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
777  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
778
779  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
780    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
781
782  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
783  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
784  ///
785  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
786  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
787  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
788  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
789  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
790
791  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
792  // argument locations.
793  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
794
795  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
796  /// definition in this translation unit.
797  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
798
799  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
800  void getUndefinedButUsed(
801      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
802
803  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
804  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
805
806  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
807  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
808  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
809  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
810  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
811  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
812  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
813
814  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
815  /// of -Wselector.
816  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
817
818  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
819  enum CXXSpecialMember {
820    CXXDefaultConstructor,
821    CXXCopyConstructor,
822    CXXMoveConstructor,
823    CXXCopyAssignment,
824    CXXMoveAssignment,
825    CXXDestructor,
826    CXXInvalid
827  };
828
829  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
830
831  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
832  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
833  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
834  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
835
836  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
837
838  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
839  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
840
841  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
842  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
843  /// should not be used elsewhere.
844  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
845
846  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
847  /// statements.
848  class FPContractStateRAII {
849  public:
850    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
851      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
852    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
853      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
854    }
855  private:
856    Sema& S;
857    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
858  };
859
860  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
861    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
862
863public:
864  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
865       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
866       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
867  ~Sema();
868
869  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
870  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
871  void Initialize();
872
873  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
874  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
875  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
876
877  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
878  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
879  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
880  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
881  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
882  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
883  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
884  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
885
886  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
887  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
888  ///
889  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
890  ///
891  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
892
893  void PrintStats() const;
894
895  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
896  /// template instantiation stacks.
897  ///
898  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
899  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
900  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
901  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
902  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
903  /// well.
904  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
905    Sema &SemaRef;
906    unsigned DiagID;
907
908  public:
909    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
910      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
911
912    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
913      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
914      if (!isActive()) return;
915
916      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
917      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
918      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
919      //
920      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
921      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
922      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
923      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
924      // eliminate that code.
925      FlushCounts();
926      Clear();
927
928      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
929      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
930    }
931
932    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
933    template<typename T>
934    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
935        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
936      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
937      BaseDiag << Value;
938      return Diag;
939    }
940  };
941
942  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
943  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
944    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
945    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
946  }
947
948  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
949  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
950
951  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
952  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
953
954  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
955
956  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
957  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
958  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
959
960  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
961  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
962  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
963
964  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
965
966  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
967
968  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
969
970  void PushFunctionScope();
971  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
972  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
973  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
974                               RecordDecl *RD,
975                               CapturedRegionKind K);
976  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
977                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
978
979  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
980    return FunctionScopes.back();
981  }
982
983  template <typename ExprT>
984  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
985    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
986      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
987  }
988
989  void PushCompoundScope();
990  void PopCompoundScope();
991
992  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
993
994  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
995
996  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
997  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
998
999  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
1000  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1001
1002  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1003  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1004
1005  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1006  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1007
1008  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1009
1010  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1011  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1012  //
1013
1014  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1015                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1016  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1017                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1018  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1019                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1020  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1021                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1022  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1023                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1024                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1025  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1026                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1027
1028  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1029
1030  /// \brief Build a function type.
1031  ///
1032  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1033  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1034  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1035  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1036  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1037  ///
1038  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1039  ///
1040  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1041  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1042  /// function parameters.
1043  ///
1044  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1045  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1046  /// type that will have function type.
1047  ///
1048  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1049  /// type, if known.
1050  ///
1051  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1052  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1053  ///
1054  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1055  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1056  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1057  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1058                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1059                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1060                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1061
1062  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1063                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1064                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1065  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1066                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1067  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1068  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1069
1070  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1071  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1072  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1073                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1074
1075  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1076  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1077  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1078  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1079  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1080  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1081  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1082                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1083  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1084  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1085  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1086  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1087      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1088      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1089  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1090      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1091      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1092      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1093      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1094      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1095      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1096      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1097  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1098      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1099      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1100      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1101  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1102      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1103      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1104
1105  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1106
1107  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1108  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1109  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1110
1111  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1112  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1113    bool Suppressed;
1114
1115    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1116
1117    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1118    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1119  };
1120
1121  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1122  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1123  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1124  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1125  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1126  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1127  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1128    return II;
1129  }
1130  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1131  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1132  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1133  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1134  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1135  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1136
1137  template<typename T1>
1138  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1139    unsigned DiagID;
1140    const T1 &Arg1;
1141
1142  public:
1143    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1144      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1145    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1146      if (Suppressed) return;
1147      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1148    }
1149
1150    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1151  };
1152
1153  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1154  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1155    unsigned DiagID;
1156    const T1 &Arg1;
1157    const T2 &Arg2;
1158
1159  public:
1160    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1161                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1162      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1163        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1164
1165    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1166      if (Suppressed) return;
1167      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1168    }
1169
1170    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1171  };
1172
1173  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1174  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1175    unsigned DiagID;
1176    const T1 &Arg1;
1177    const T2 &Arg2;
1178    const T3 &Arg3;
1179
1180  public:
1181    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1182                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1183    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1184      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1185
1186    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1187      if (Suppressed) return;
1188      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1189        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1190    }
1191
1192    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1193  };
1194
1195private:
1196  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1197                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1198public:
1199  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1200                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1201  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1202                           unsigned DiagID);
1203
1204  template<typename T1>
1205  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1207    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1208    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1209  }
1210
1211  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1212  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1213                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1214    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1215    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1216  }
1217
1218  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1219  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1220                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1221                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1222    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1223                                                        Arg3);
1224    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1225  }
1226
1227  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1228  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1229
1230  template<typename T1>
1231  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1234  }
1235
1236  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1238                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1239    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1241  }
1242
1243  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1245                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1246    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1247                                                        Arg3);
1248    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1249  }
1250
1251  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1252                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1253  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1254
1255  template<typename T1>
1256  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1257                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1258    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1259    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1260  }
1261
1262  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1263  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1264                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1265    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1266    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1267  }
1268
1269  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1270  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1271                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1272                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1273    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1274                                                        Arg3);
1275    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1276  }
1277
1278  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1279                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1280
1281  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1282  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1283  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1284                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1285                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1286
1287  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1288  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1289  //
1290
1291  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1292  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1293  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1294  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1295  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1296  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1297  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1298  /// such as:
1299  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1300  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1301
1302  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1303
1304  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1305
1306  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1307
1308  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1309                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1310                         bool isClassName = false,
1311                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1312                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1313                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1314                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1315                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1316  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1317  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1318  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1319                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1320                               Scope *S,
1321                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1322                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1323
1324  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1325  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1326  enum NameClassificationKind {
1327    NC_Unknown,
1328    NC_Error,
1329    NC_Keyword,
1330    NC_Type,
1331    NC_Expression,
1332    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1333    NC_TypeTemplate,
1334    NC_VarTemplate,
1335    NC_FunctionTemplate
1336  };
1337
1338  class NameClassification {
1339    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1340    ExprResult Expr;
1341    TemplateName Template;
1342    ParsedType Type;
1343    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1344
1345    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1346
1347  public:
1348    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1349
1350    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1351
1352    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1353      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1354
1355    static NameClassification Error() {
1356      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1357    }
1358
1359    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1360      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1361    }
1362
1363    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1364      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1365    }
1366
1367    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1368      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1369      Result.Template = Name;
1370      return Result;
1371    }
1372
1373    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1374      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1375      Result.Template = Name;
1376      return Result;
1377    }
1378
1379    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1380      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1381      Result.Template = Name;
1382      return Result;
1383    }
1384
1385    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1386
1387    ParsedType getType() const {
1388      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1389      return Type;
1390    }
1391
1392    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1393      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1394      return Expr;
1395    }
1396
1397    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1398      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1399             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1400      return Template;
1401    }
1402
1403    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1404      switch (Kind) {
1405      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1406        return TNK_Type_template;
1407      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1408        return TNK_Function_template;
1409      case NC_VarTemplate:
1410        return TNK_Var_template;
1411      default:
1412        llvm_unreachable("unsuported name classification.");
1413      }
1414    }
1415  };
1416
1417  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1418  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1419  ///
1420  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1421  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1422  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1423  ///
1424  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1425  ///
1426  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1427  ///
1428  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1429  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1430  ///
1431  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1432  ///
1433  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1434  /// disambiguate the name.
1435  ///
1436  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1437  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1438  ///        expression.
1439  ///
1440  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1441  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1442                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1443                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1444                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1445                                  const Token &NextToken,
1446                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1447                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1448
1449  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1450
1451  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1452                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1453  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1454  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1455  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1456                                    DeclarationName Name,
1457                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1458  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1459  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1460  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1461  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1462  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1463  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1464                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1465                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1466  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1467                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1468  bool HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
1469  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1470                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1471                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1472                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1473                                     bool &AddToScope);
1474  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1475  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1476  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1477  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1478  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1479  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1480  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1481
1482  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1483                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1484                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1485                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1486                                     bool &AddToScope);
1487  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1488  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1489
1490  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1491  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1492
1493  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1494  void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1495                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1496  void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1497                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1498  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1499  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1500                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1501                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1502  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1503  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1504  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1505                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1506                                          QualType T);
1507  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1508                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1509                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1510                              StorageClass SC);
1511  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1512                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1513                                 Expr *defarg);
1514  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1515                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1516                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1517  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1518  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1519                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1520
1521  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1522                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1523  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1524  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1525  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1526  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1527  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1528  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1529  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1530                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1531  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1532                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1533
1534  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1535  /// documentation comments.
1536  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1537  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1538
1539  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1540                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1541  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1542  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1543  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1544  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1545  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1546    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1547  }
1548
1549  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1550  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1551  /// code for that function.
1552  ///
1553  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1554  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1555  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1556  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1557
1558  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1559  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1560  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1561  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1562
1563  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1564  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1565  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1566
1567  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1568  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1569  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1570                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1571
1572  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1573  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1574  /// specified threshold.
1575  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1576                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1577                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1578                                              NamedDecl *D);
1579
1580  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1581  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1582                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1583                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1584
1585  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1586  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1587                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1588                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1589
1590  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1591  ///
1592  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1593  ///
1594  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1595  ///
1596  /// \param Path The module access path.
1597  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1598                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1599
1600  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1601  /// source location.
1602  ///
1603  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1604  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1605  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1606  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1607
1608  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1609  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1610    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1611  }
1612
1613  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1614  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1615                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1616
1617  /// Scope actions.
1618  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1619  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1620
1621  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1622                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1623  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1624                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1625                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1626                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1627
1628  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1629                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1630                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1631
1632  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1633                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1634
1635  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1636                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1637                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1638                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1639
1640  enum TagUseKind {
1641    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1642    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1643    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1644    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1645  };
1646
1647  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1648                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1649                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1650                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1651                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1652                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1653                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1654                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1655                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1656
1657  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1658                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1659                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1660                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1661                                AttributeList *Attr,
1662                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1663
1664  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1665                               unsigned TagSpec,
1666                               TagUseKind TUK,
1667                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1668                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1669                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1670                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1671
1672  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1673                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1674                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1675  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1676                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1677
1678  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1679                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1680                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1681                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1682  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1683                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1684                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1685                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1686                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1687                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1688
1689  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1690                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1691                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1692                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1693                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1694                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1695                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1696                            Declarator *D = 0);
1697
1698  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1699  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1700  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1701                              bool Diagnose = false);
1702  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1703  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1704                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1705  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1706                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1707                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1708
1709  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1710  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1711                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1712                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1713                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1714
1715  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1716  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1717  /// struct, or union).
1718  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1719
1720  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1721
1722  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1723  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1724  /// member declarations.
1725  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1726                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1727                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1728
1729  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1730  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1731  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1732                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1733
1734  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1735
1736  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1737  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1738  ///
1739  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1740  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1741  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1742
1743  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1744  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1745  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1746
1747  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1748                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1749                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1750                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1751                                      Expr *val);
1752  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1753  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1754                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1755
1756  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1757                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1758                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1759                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1760  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1761                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1762                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1763                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1764
1765  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1766
1767  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1768  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1769  void PopDeclContext();
1770
1771  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1772  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1773  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1774  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1775
1776  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1777  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1778  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1779
1780  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1781
1782  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1783  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1784  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1785  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1786
1787  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1788  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1789  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1790  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1791
1792  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1793  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1794  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1795  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1796
1797  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1798  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1799
1800  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1801  /// top level scope.
1802  ///
1803  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1804  ///
1805  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1806  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1807
1808  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1809  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1810  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1811  ///
1812  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1813  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1814  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1815  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1816                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1817
1818  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1819  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1820  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1821
1822  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1823  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1824                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1825  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1826
1827  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1828  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1829                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1830                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1831                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1832                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1833                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1834                                          StringRef Message,
1835                                          bool Override,
1836                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1837  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1838                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1839                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1840  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1841                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1842                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1843  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1844                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1845  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1846                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1847  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1848                              IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1849                              int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1850  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1851                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1852
1853  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1854  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1855  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1856    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1857    AMK_None,
1858    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1859    /// an exact match.
1860    AMK_Redeclaration,
1861    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1862    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1863    AMK_Override
1864  };
1865
1866  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1867                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1868  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1869  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S,
1870                         bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1871  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1872                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1873  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1874  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1875  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1876  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1877  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1878
1879  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1880  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1881  enum AssignmentAction {
1882    AA_Assigning,
1883    AA_Passing,
1884    AA_Returning,
1885    AA_Converting,
1886    AA_Initializing,
1887    AA_Sending,
1888    AA_Casting,
1889    AA_Passing_CFAudited
1890  };
1891
1892  /// C++ Overloading.
1893  enum OverloadKind {
1894    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1895    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1896    Ovl_Overload,
1897
1898    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1899    /// an existing declaration.
1900    Ovl_Match,
1901
1902    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1903    /// non-function.
1904    Ovl_NonFunction
1905  };
1906  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1907                             FunctionDecl *New,
1908                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1909                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1910                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1911  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1912
1913  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1914  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1915  ///
1916  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1917  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1918  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1919
1920  ImplicitConversionSequence
1921  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1922                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1923                        bool AllowExplicit,
1924                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1925                        bool CStyle,
1926                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1927
1928  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1929  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1930  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1931  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1932                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1933                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1934  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1935                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1936  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1937                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1938  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1939                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1940  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1941                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1942                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1943  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1944                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1945
1946  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1947  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1948                              CastKind &Kind,
1949                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1950                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1951  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1952                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1953                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1954  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1955                                    CastKind &Kind,
1956                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1957                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1958  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1959                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1960  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1961                            QualType &ResultTy);
1962  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1963  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1964
1965  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1966                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1967                                             QualType ResultType,
1968                                             Expr *Value,
1969                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1970
1971  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1972                                    ExprResult Init);
1973  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1974                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1975                                       ExprResult Init,
1976                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1977                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1978  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1979                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1980                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1981                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1982
1983  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1984  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1985
1986  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1987  enum CCEKind {
1988    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1989    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1990    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1991    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
1992  };
1993  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1994                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1995
1996  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1997  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1998  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1999  public:
2000    bool Suppress;
2001    bool SuppressConversion;
2002
2003    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2004                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2005        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2006
2007    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2008    /// for this conversion.
2009    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2010
2011    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2012    /// integral or enumeration type.
2013    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2014    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2015
2016    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2017    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2018    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2019
2020    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2021    /// is explicit.
2022    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2023        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2024
2025    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2026    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2027    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2028
2029    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2030    /// functions.
2031    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2032    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2033
2034    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2035    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2036    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2037
2038    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2039    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2040    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2041        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2042
2043    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2044  };
2045
2046  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2047    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2048
2049  public:
2050    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2051                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2052        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2053          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2054
2055    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2056    bool match(QualType T);
2057
2058    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2059    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2060      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2061    }
2062
2063    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2064    /// integral or enumeration type.
2065    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2066    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2067  };
2068
2069  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2070  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2071      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2072
2073
2074  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2075    OS_Array,
2076    OS_Dictionary,
2077    OS_Error
2078  };
2079  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2080
2081  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2082  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2083  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2084    LK_Array,
2085    LK_Dictionary,
2086    LK_Numeric,
2087    LK_Boxed,
2088    LK_String,
2089    LK_Block,
2090    LK_None
2091  };
2092  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2093
2094  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2095                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2096                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2097                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2098
2099  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2100  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2101  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2102  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2103
2104  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2105                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2106                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2107                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2108                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2109                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2110                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2111  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2112                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2113                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2114                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2115                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2116  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2117                          QualType ObjectType,
2118                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2119                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2120                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2121                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2122  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2123                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2124                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2125                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2126                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2127                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2128                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2129  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2130                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2131                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2132                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2133                                  QualType ObjectType,
2134                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2135                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2136                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2137                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2138  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2139                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2140                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2141                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2142                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2143                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2144  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2145                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2146                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2147                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2148                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2149  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2150                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2151                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2152                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2153                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2154  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2155                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2156                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2157                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2158                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2159                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2160  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2161                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2162                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2163                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2164  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2165                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2166                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2167                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2168                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2169  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2170                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2171                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2172  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2173                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2174                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2175                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2176                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2177                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2178
2179  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2180  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2181
2182  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2183  // identified by the expression Expr
2184  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2185
2186  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2187  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2188  // R (A) --> R(A)
2189  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2190  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2191  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2192  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2193
2194  FunctionDecl *
2195  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2196                                     QualType TargetType,
2197                                     bool Complain,
2198                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2199                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2200
2201  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2202                                                   bool Complain = false,
2203                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2204
2205  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2206                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2207                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2208                      bool Complain = false,
2209                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2210                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2211                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2212
2213
2214  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2215                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2216                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2217  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2218                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2219                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2220
2221  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2222                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2223                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2224                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2225
2226  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2227  // range-based for loop.
2228  enum ForRangeStatus {
2229    FRS_Success,
2230    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2231    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2232  };
2233
2234  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2235  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2236  enum BeginEndFunction {
2237    BEF_begin,
2238    BEF_end
2239  };
2240
2241  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2242                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2243                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2244                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2245                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2246                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2247                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2248                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2249
2250  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2251                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2252                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2253                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2254                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2255                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2256                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2257
2258  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2259                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2260                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2261                              ExprResult *Result);
2262
2263  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2264                                     unsigned Opc,
2265                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2266                                     Expr *input);
2267
2268  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2269                                   unsigned Opc,
2270                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2271                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2272
2273  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2274                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2275                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2276
2277  ExprResult
2278  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2279                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2280                            MultiExprArg Args,
2281                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2282  ExprResult
2283  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2284                               MultiExprArg Args,
2285                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2286
2287  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2288                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2289                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0);
2290
2291  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2292  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2293  /// that best represents the call.
2294  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2295                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2296
2297  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2298  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2299                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2300                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2301  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2302  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2303  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2304
2305  /// \name Name lookup
2306  ///
2307  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2308  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2309  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2310  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2311  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2312  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2313  ///
2314  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2315  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2316  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2317  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2318  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2319  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2320  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2321  ///
2322  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2323  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2324  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2325  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2326  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2327  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2328  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2329  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2330  //@{
2331
2332  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2333  enum LookupNameKind {
2334    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2335    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2336    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2337    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2338    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2339    /// structs, and unions.
2340    LookupTagName,
2341    /// Label name lookup.
2342    LookupLabel,
2343    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2344    /// class/struct/union members.
2345    LookupMemberName,
2346    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2347    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2348    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2349    LookupOperatorName,
2350    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2351    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2352    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2353    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2354    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2355    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2356    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2357    LookupNamespaceName,
2358    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2359    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2360    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2361    LookupUsingDeclName,
2362    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2363    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2364    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2365    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2366    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2367    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2368    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2369    LookupLocalFriendName,
2370    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2371    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2372    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2373    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2374    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2375    LookupAnyName
2376  };
2377
2378  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2379  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2380  enum RedeclarationKind {
2381    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2382    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2383    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2384    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2385    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2386    ForRedeclaration
2387  };
2388
2389  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2390  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2391    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2392    LOLR_Error,
2393    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2394    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2395    LOLR_Cooked,
2396    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2397    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2398    LOLR_Raw,
2399    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2400    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2401    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2402    LOLR_Template
2403  };
2404
2405  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2406                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2407                                                   bool ConstArg,
2408                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2409                                                   bool RValueThis,
2410                                                   bool ConstThis,
2411                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2412
2413private:
2414  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2415
2416  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2417  //
2418  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2419  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2420  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2421
2422  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2423  /// source.
2424  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2425
2426public:
2427  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2428  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2429  ///
2430  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2431  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2432  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2433                              SourceLocation Loc,
2434                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2435                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2436                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2437  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2438                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2439  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2440                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2441  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2442                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2443                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2444  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2445                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2446                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2447
2448  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2449                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2450                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2451
2452  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2453                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2454
2455  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2456  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2457  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2458                                               unsigned Quals);
2459  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2460                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2461  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2462                                              unsigned Quals);
2463  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2464                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2465  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2466
2467  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2468                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2469                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2470  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2471
2472  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2473                               SourceLocation Loc,
2474                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2475                               ADLResult &Functions);
2476
2477  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2478                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2479                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2480  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2481                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2482                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2483
2484  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2485                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2486                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2487                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2488                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2489                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2490                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2491
2492  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2493                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2494                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2495
2496  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2497                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2498                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2499                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2500
2501  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2502                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2503                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2504                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2505
2506  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2507                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2508                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2509
2510  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2511  //@}
2512
2513  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2514                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2515                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2516  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2517                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2518                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2519  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2520                                      Scope *S);
2521  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2522
2523  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2524
2525  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2526  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2527  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2528  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2529                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2530  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2531                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2532
2533  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2534
2535  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2536  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2537                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2538  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2539  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2540
2541  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2542  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2543  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2544  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T);
2545
2546  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2547  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2548  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2549
2550  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2551  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2552                                   SourceRange Range);
2553
2554  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2555                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2556  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2557                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2558                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2559
2560  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2561                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2562                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2563
2564  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2565  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2566  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2567                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2568                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2569
2570  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2571  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2572
2573  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2574  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2575  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2576                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2577                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2578                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2579                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2580                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2581
2582  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2583  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2584  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2585                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2586                                SourceLocation Loc);
2587
2588  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2589  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2590  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2591                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2592                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2593
2594  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2595  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2596  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2597                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2598
2599  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2600  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2601  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2602                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2603  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2604
2605  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2606  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2607  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2608            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2609            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2610
2611  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2612  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2613  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2614  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2615                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2616
2617  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2618  /// class extensions.
2619  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2620                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2621                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2622                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2623                      Selector GetterSel,
2624                      Selector SetterSel,
2625                      const bool isAssign,
2626                      const bool isReadWrite,
2627                      const unsigned Attributes,
2628                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2629                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2630                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2631                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2632
2633  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2634  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2635  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2636                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2637                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2638                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2639                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2640                                       Selector GetterSel,
2641                                       Selector SetterSel,
2642                                       const bool isAssign,
2643                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2644                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2645                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2646                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2647                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2648                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2649
2650  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2651  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2652  /// setter or getter.
2653  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2654                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2655
2656  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2657
2658  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2659
2660  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2661    MMS_loose,
2662    MMS_strict
2663  };
2664
2665  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2666  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2667  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2668                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2669                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2670
2671  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2672  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2673  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2674                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2675                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2676                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2677                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2678                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2679                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2680                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2681                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2682
2683  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2684  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2685  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2686  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2687
2688  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2689  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2690
2691private:
2692  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2693  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2694  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2695
2696  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2697  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2698  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2699                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2700                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2701
2702public:
2703  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2704  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2705  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2706  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2707  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2708    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2709  }
2710
2711  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2712  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2713    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2714  }
2715
2716  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2717  /// pool.
2718  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2719
2720  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2721  /// there are multiple signatures.
2722  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2723                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2724                                                   bool warn=true) {
2725    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2726                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2727  }
2728
2729  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2730  /// there are multiple signatures.
2731  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2732                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2733                                                  bool warn=true) {
2734    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2735                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2736  }
2737
2738  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2739                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2740
2741  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2742  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2743  /// have mismathched types.
2744  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2745
2746  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2747  /// implementation.
2748  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2749
2750  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2751  /// initialization.
2752  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2753                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2754
2755  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2756  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2757public:
2758  class FullExprArg {
2759  public:
2760    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2761
2762    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2763    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2764    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2765    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2766
2767    ExprResult release() {
2768      return E;
2769    }
2770
2771    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2772
2773    Expr *operator->() {
2774      return E;
2775    }
2776
2777  private:
2778    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2779    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2780    friend class Sema;
2781
2782    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2783
2784    Expr *E;
2785  };
2786
2787  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2788    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2789  }
2790  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2791    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2792  }
2793  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2794    ExprResult FE =
2795      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2796                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2797    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2798  }
2799
2800  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2801  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2802
2803  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2804                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2805
2806  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2807  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2808  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2809                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2810
2811  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2812  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2813  public:
2814    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2815      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2816    }
2817
2818    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2819      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2820    }
2821
2822  private:
2823    Sema &S;
2824  };
2825
2826  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2827                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2828                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2829  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2830  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2831  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2832                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2833                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2834  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2835
2836  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2837                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2838                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2839  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2840                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2841
2842  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2843                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2844                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2845
2846  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2847                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2848                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2849                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2850  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2851                                            Expr *Cond,
2852                                            Decl *CondVar);
2853  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2854                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2855  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2856                            FullExprArg Cond,
2857                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2858  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2859                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2860                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2861                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2862
2863  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2864                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2865                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2866                          Decl *SecondVar,
2867                          FullExprArg Third,
2868                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2869                          Stmt *Body);
2870  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2871                                           Expr *collection);
2872  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2873                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2874                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2875  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2876
2877  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2878    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2879    BFRK_Build,
2880    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2881    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2882    BFRK_Rebuild,
2883    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2884    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2885    BFRK_Check
2886  };
2887
2888  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2889                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2890                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2891                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2892  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2893                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2894                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2895                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2896                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2897                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2898                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2899  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2900
2901  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2902                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2903                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2904  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2905                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2906                                   Expr *DestExp);
2907  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2908  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2909
2910  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2911                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2912  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2913  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2914  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2915                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2916                                           unsigned NumParams);
2917  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2918                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2919
2920  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2921  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2922
2923  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2924                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2925                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2926                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2927                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2928                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2929
2930  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2931                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2932                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2933                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2934                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2935  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2936                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2937  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2938                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2939                            StringRef AsmString,
2940                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2941                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2942                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2943                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2944                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2945
2946  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2947                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2948                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2949                                  bool Invalid = false);
2950
2951  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2952
2953  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2954                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2955
2956  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2957
2958  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2959                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2960
2961  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2962  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2963                                  Scope *CurScope);
2964  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2965                                            Expr *operand);
2966  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2967                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2968                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2969
2970  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2971
2972  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2973                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2974                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2975                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2976
2977  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2978
2979  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2980                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2981  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2982                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
2983
2984  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2985                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2986                              Stmt *Handler);
2987
2988  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2989                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2990                                 Stmt *Block);
2991
2992  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2993                                  Stmt *Block);
2994
2995  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2996
2997  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2998
2999  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3000  /// of it.
3001  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3002
3003  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3004  /// whose result is unused, warn.
3005  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3006  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3007
3008  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3009  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3010  ///
3011  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3012  ///     if (condition);
3013  ///       do_stuff();
3014  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3015                             const Stmt *Body,
3016                             unsigned DiagID);
3017
3018  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3019  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3020  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3021                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3022
3023  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3024    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3025  }
3026  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3027
3028  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3029  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3030    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3031  }
3032  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3033    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3034  }
3035
3036  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3037
3038  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3039                              SourceLocation Loc,
3040                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3041                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3042
3043  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3044
3045  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3046                                     StringRef message);
3047
3048  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3049  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3050
3051  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3052  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3053                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3054  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3055  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3056  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3057                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3058                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3059  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3060                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3061
3062  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3063                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3064                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3065  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3066  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3067                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3068                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3069  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3070
3071  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3072
3073  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3074  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3075
3076  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3077
3078  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3079  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3080  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3081  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3082  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3083  // named expressions.
3084  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3085  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3086  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3087  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3088  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3089
3090  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3091  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3092
3093  enum TryCaptureKind {
3094    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3095  };
3096
3097  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3098  ///
3099  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3100  ///
3101  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3102  ///
3103  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3104  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3105  ///
3106  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3107  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3108  ///
3109  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3110  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3111  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3112  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3113  ///
3114  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3115  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3116  /// variable can be captured.
3117  ///
3118  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3119  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3120  /// captured.
3121  ///
3122  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3123  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3124  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3125                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3126                          QualType &CaptureType,
3127                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3128
3129  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3130  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3131                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3132                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3133
3134  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3135  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3136  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3137
3138  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3139  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3140                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3141
3142  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3143  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3144  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3145  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3146                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3147                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3148
3149  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3150  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3151                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3152
3153  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3154  /// evaluation context.
3155  ///
3156  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3157  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3158  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3159  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3160  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3161                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3162
3163  // Primary Expressions.
3164  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3165
3166  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3167                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3168                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3169                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3170                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3171                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3172
3173  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3174                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3175                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3176                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3177
3178  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3179                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3180                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3181                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3182
3183  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3184                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3185                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3186
3187  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3188                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3189                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3190                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3191                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3192
3193  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3194                              ExprValueKind VK,
3195                              SourceLocation Loc,
3196                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3197  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3198                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3199                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
3200                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3201  ExprResult
3202  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3203      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3204      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3205      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3206      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none),
3207      Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3208      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3209
3210  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3211                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3212                                             LookupResult &R,
3213                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3214  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3215                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3216                                     LookupResult &R,
3217                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3218                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3219  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3220                                  const LookupResult &R,
3221                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3222
3223  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3224                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3225                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3226  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3227                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3228                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3229                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3230
3231  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3232                                      LookupResult &R,
3233                                      bool NeedsADL);
3234  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3235      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3236      NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3237
3238  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3239                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3240                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3241                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3242                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3243
3244  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3245  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3246  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3247  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3248  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3249  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3250                                SourceLocation R,
3251                                MultiExprArg Val);
3252
3253  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3254  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3255  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3256                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3257
3258  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3259                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3260                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3261                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3262                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3263                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3264  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3265                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3266                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3267                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3268                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3269                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3270
3271  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3272  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3273                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3274  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3275                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3276  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3277                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3278
3279  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3280
3281  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3282                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3283                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3284                                            SourceRange R);
3285  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3286                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3287  ExprResult
3288    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3289                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3290                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3291                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3292
3293  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3294  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3295
3296  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3297  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3298                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3299                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3300  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3301                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3302                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3303                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3304                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3305  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3306                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3307
3308  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3309                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3310  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3311                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3312
3313  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3314                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3315                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3316                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3317                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3318                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3319                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3320
3321  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3322  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3323  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3324  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3325  // defines a custom operator->).
3326  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3327    Scope *S;
3328    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3329    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3330    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3331  };
3332
3333  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3334                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3335                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3336                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3337                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3338                                      LookupResult &R,
3339                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3340                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3341                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3342
3343  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3344  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3345                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3346                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3347                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3348                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3349
3350  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3351                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3352                                     const LookupResult &R);
3353
3354  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3355                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3356                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3357                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3358                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3359                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3360                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3361
3362  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3363                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3364                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3365                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3366                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3367                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3368                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3369                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3370
3371  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3372  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3373                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3374                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3375                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3376                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3377                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3378  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3379                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3380                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3381
3382  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3383  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3384  /// locations.
3385  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3386                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3387                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3388  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3389                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3390                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3391                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3392                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3393                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3394
3395  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3396                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3397                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3398
3399  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3400                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3401                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3402  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3403                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3404                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3405                                 Expr *Op);
3406  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3407
3408  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3409  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3410                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3411                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3412
3413  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3414
3415  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3416                                  ParsedType Ty,
3417                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3418                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3419
3420  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3421                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3422                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3423                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3424
3425  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3426                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3427                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3428
3429  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3430                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3431                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3432                                        ExprResult Init);
3433
3434  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3435                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3436  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3437                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3438  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3439                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3440
3441  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3442  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3443  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3444                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3445                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3446
3447  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3448  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3449                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3450
3451  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3452  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3453                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3454  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3455
3456  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3457  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3458    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3459    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3460    union {
3461      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3462      Expr *E;
3463    } U;
3464  };
3465
3466  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3467  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3468                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3469                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3470                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3471                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3472  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3473                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3474                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3475                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3476                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3477                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3478                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3479
3480  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3481  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3482                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3483                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3484
3485  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3486  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3487                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3488  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3489                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3490
3491  // __null
3492  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3493
3494  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3495
3496  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3497  enum IfExistsResult {
3498    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3499    IER_Exists,
3500
3501    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3502    IER_DoesNotExist,
3503
3504    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3505    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3506    IER_Dependent,
3507
3508    /// \brief An error occurred.
3509    IER_Error
3510  };
3511
3512  IfExistsResult
3513  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3514                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3515
3516  IfExistsResult
3517  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3518                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3519                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3520
3521  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3522                                        bool IsIfExists,
3523                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3524                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3525                                        Stmt *Nested);
3526  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3527                                        bool IsIfExists,
3528                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3529                                        Stmt *Nested);
3530
3531  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3532
3533  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3534  /// started.
3535  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3536
3537  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3538  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3539  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3540                           Scope *CurScope);
3541
3542  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3543  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3544  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3545
3546  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3547  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3548  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3549                                Scope *CurScope);
3550
3551  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3552
3553  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3554  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3555                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3556                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3557
3558  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3559
3560  // Act on C++ namespaces
3561  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3562                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3563                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3564                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3565                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3566                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3567  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3568
3569  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3570  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3571
3572  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3573
3574  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3575  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3576  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3577
3578  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3579  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3580  ///
3581  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3582  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3583
3584  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3585  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3586  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3587
3588  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3589                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3590                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3591                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3592                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3593                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3594                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3595
3596  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3597
3598  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3599                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3600                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3601                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3602                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3603                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3604                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3605
3606  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3607  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3608                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3609  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3610                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3611
3612  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3613                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3614                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3615                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3616                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3617  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3618                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3619                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3620
3621  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3622                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3623                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3624                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3625                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3626                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3627                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3628                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3629
3630  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3631
3632  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3633                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3634                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3635                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3636                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3637                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3638                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3639                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3640                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3641  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3642                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3643                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3644                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3645                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3646                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3647                              TypeResult Type);
3648
3649  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3650  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3651  ///
3652  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3653  ExprResult
3654  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3655                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3656                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3657                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3658                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3659
3660  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3661  // the constructor can be elidable?
3662  ExprResult
3663  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3664                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3665                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3666                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3667                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3668
3669  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3670  /// the default expr if needed.
3671  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3672                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3673                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3674
3675  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3676  /// constructed variable.
3677  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3678
3679  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3680  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3681  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3682    // Pointer to allow copying
3683    Sema *Self;
3684    // We order exception specifications thus:
3685    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3686    // throw() comes next.
3687    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3688    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3689    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3690    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3691    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3692    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3693
3694    void ClearExceptions() {
3695      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3696      Exceptions.clear();
3697    }
3698
3699  public:
3700    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3701      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3702      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3703        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3704    }
3705
3706    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3707    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3708      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3709             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3710      return ComputedEST;
3711    }
3712
3713    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3714    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3715
3716    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3717    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3718
3719    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3720    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3721
3722    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3723    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3724
3725    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3726    /// computed exception specification.
3727    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3728      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3729      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3730        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3731        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3732      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3733        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3734        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3735        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3736        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3737        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3738                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3739      }
3740    }
3741    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3742      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3743      getEPI(EPI);
3744      return EPI;
3745    }
3746  };
3747
3748  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3749  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3750  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3751  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3752                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3753
3754  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3755  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3756  /// will be const.
3757  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3758  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3759
3760  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3761  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3762  /// parameter will be const.
3763  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3764  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3765
3766  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3767  /// constructor of a class will have.
3768  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3769  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3770
3771  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3772  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3773  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3774  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3775
3776  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3777  /// destructor of a class will have.
3778  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3779  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3780
3781  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3782  /// constructor of a class will have.
3783  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3784  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3785
3786  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3787  /// special member function.
3788  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3789
3790  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3791  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3792  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3793                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3794                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3795                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3796                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3797                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3798
3799  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3800  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3801  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3802                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3803
3804  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3805  ///
3806  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3807  /// default constructor will be added.
3808  ///
3809  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3810  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3811                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3812
3813  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3814  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3815  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3816                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3817
3818  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3819  ///
3820  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3821  /// destructor will be added.
3822  ///
3823  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3824  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3825
3826  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3827  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3828  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3829                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3830
3831  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3832  ///
3833  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3834  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3835  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3836                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3837
3838  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3839  ///
3840  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3841  /// constructors will be added.
3842  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3843
3844  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3845  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3846                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3847
3848  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3849  ///
3850  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3851  /// copy constructor will be added.
3852  ///
3853  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3854  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3855
3856  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3857  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3858  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3859                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3860
3861  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3862  ///
3863  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3864  /// move constructor will be added.
3865  ///
3866  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3867  /// declared.
3868  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3869
3870  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3871  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3872  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3873                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3874
3875  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3876  ///
3877  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3878  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3879  ///
3880  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3881  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3882
3883  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3884  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3885                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3886
3887  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3888  ///
3889  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3890  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3891  ///
3892  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3893  /// wasn't declared.
3894  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3895
3896  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3897  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3898                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3899
3900  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3901  /// class.
3902  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3903
3904  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3905  /// special member function.
3906  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3907
3908  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3909  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3910  ///
3911  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3912  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3913
3914  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3915  /// member function.
3916  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3917
3918  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3919  /// static member function.
3920  ///
3921  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3922  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3923
3924  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3925  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3926  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3927  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3928
3929  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3930                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3931                               SourceLocation Loc,
3932                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3933                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3934                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3935
3936  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3937                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3938                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3939
3940  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3941                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3942                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3943                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3944                               bool EnteringContext);
3945
3946  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3947
3948  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3949  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3950                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3951
3952  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3953  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3954                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3955                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3956                               Declarator &D,
3957                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3958                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3959                               Expr *E,
3960                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3961
3962  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3963                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3964                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3965                               Expr *E,
3966                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3967                               SourceRange Parens);
3968
3969  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3970                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3971                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3972                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3973  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3974                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3975                            Expr *Operand,
3976                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3977
3978  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3979  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3980                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3981                            void *TyOrExpr,
3982                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3983
3984  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3985                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3986                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3987                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3988  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3989                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3990                            Expr *Operand,
3991                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3992
3993  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3994  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3995                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3996                            void *TyOrExpr,
3997                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3998
3999
4000  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4001  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4002
4003  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4004  ///
4005  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4006  QualType getCurrentThisType();
4007
4008  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4009  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4010  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4011  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4012
4013  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4014  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4015  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4016    Sema &S;
4017    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4018    bool Enabled;
4019
4020  public:
4021    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4022    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4023    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4024    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4025    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4026                     bool Enabled = true);
4027
4028    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4029  };
4030
4031  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4032  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4033  ///
4034  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4035  ///
4036  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4037  /// capture list.
4038  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
4039
4040  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4041  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4042  /// being defined.
4043  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4044
4045  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4046  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4047
4048
4049  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4050  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4051
4052  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4053  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4054
4055  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4056  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4057  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4058                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4059  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4060                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4061
4062  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4063  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4064  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4065  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4066  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4067                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4068                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4069                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4070
4071  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4072                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4073                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4074                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4075
4076  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4077  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4078                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4079                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4080                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4081                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4082                         Expr *Initializer);
4083  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4084                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4085                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4086                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4087                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4088                         QualType AllocType,
4089                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4090                         Expr *ArraySize,
4091                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4092                         Expr *Initializer,
4093                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4094
4095  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4096                          SourceRange R);
4097  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4098                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4099                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4100                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4101                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4102  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4103                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4104                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4105                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4106                              bool Diagnose = true);
4107  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4108  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4109                                       QualType Argument,
4110                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4111
4112  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4113                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4114                                bool Diagnose = true);
4115
4116  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4117  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4118                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4119                            Expr *Operand);
4120
4121  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4122  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4123                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4124                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4125
4126  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4127                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4128  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4129                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4130
4131  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4132  /// pseudo-functions.
4133  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4134                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4135                                 ParsedType Ty,
4136                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4137
4138  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4139                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4140                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4141                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4142
4143  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4144  /// pseudo-functions.
4145  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4146                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4147                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4148                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4149                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4150
4151  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4152                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4153                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4154                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4155                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4156
4157  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4158  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4159                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4160                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4161  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4162                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4163                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4164
4165  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4166  /// pseudo-functions.
4167  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4168                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4169                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4170                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4171                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4172
4173  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4174                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4175                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4176                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4177                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4178
4179  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4180  /// pseudo-functions.
4181  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4182                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4183                                  Expr *Queried,
4184                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4185
4186  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4187                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4188                                  Expr *Queried,
4189                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4190
4191  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4192                                          Expr *Base,
4193                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4194                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4195                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4196                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4197
4198  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4199
4200  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4201                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4202                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4203                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4204                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4205                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4206                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4207                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4208                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4209
4210  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4211                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4212                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4213                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4214                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4215                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4216                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4217                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4218                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4219
4220  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4221                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4222                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4223                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4224                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4225                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4226
4227  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4228  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4229  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4230  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4231  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4232  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4233
4234  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4235    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4236                                          : SourceLocation());
4237  }
4238  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4239                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4240                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4241  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4242
4243  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4244  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4245
4246  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4247  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4248                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4249  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4250  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4251
4252  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4253  ///
4254  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4255  ///
4256  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4257  ///
4258  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4259  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4260  ///
4261  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4262  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4263                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4264
4265  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4266  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4267
4268  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4269                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4270                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4271                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4272
4273  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4274                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4275                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4276                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4277                                   QualType ObjectType,
4278                                   bool EnteringContext,
4279                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4280                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4281                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4282
4283  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4284  ///
4285  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4286  ///
4287  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4288  ///
4289  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4290  ///
4291  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4292  ///
4293  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4294  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4295  ///
4296  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4297  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4298  ///
4299  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4300  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4301  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4302  /// including this new type).
4303  ///
4304  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4305  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4306                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4307                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4308                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4309                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4310                                   bool EnteringContext,
4311                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4312
4313  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4314
4315  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4316                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4317                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4318
4319  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4320                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4321                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4322                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4323                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4324                                 bool EnteringContext);
4325
4326  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4327  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4328  ///
4329  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4330  ///
4331  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4332  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4333  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4334  /// including this new type).
4335  ///
4336  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4337  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4338  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4339  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4340  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4341  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4342  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4343  ///
4344  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4345  /// nested-name-specifier.
4346  ///
4347  ///
4348  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4349  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4350                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4351                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4352                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4353                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4354                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4355                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4356                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4357                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4358                                   bool EnteringContext);
4359
4360  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4361  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4362  /// nested-name-specifier.
4363  ///
4364  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4365  ///
4366  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4367  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4368  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4369
4370  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4371  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4372  ///
4373  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4374  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4375  ///
4376  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4377  ///
4378  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4379  /// of the annotation pointer.
4380  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4381                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4382                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4383
4384  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4385
4386  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4387  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4388  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4389  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4390  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4391  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4392  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4393
4394  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4395  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4396  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4397  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4398  /// defining scope.
4399  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4400
4401  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4402  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4403  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4404  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4405  /// class X.
4406  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4407
4408  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4409  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4410  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4411
4412  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4413  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4414                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4415                                         bool KnownDependent);
4416
4417  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4418  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4419                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4420                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4421                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4422                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4423
4424  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4425  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4426                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4427                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4428                                          SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4429                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4430                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4431                                          bool Mutable);
4432
4433  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4434  /// initializer.
4435  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4436                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4437
4438  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4439  /// given lambda.
4440  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4441
4442  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4443  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4444
4445  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4446  /// statements present in the body.
4447  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4448
4449  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4450  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4451  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4452  /// lambda.
4453  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4454                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4455
4456  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4457  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4458  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4459                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4460
4461  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4462  /// was successfully completed.
4463  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4464                             Scope *CurScope,
4465                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4466
4467  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4468  /// function pointer.
4469  ///
4470  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4471  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4472  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4473  /// block pointer conversion.
4474  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4475         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4476
4477  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4478  /// block pointer.
4479  ///
4480  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4481  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4482  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4483  /// block pointer conversion.
4484  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4485                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4486
4487  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4488                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4489                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4490                                           Expr *Src);
4491
4492  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4493  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4494                                    Expr **Strings,
4495                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4496
4497  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4498
4499  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4500  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4501  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4502  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4503  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4504                                  bool Value);
4505  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4506
4507  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4508  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4509  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4510  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4511  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4512  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4513
4514  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4515                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4516                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4517                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4518
4519  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4520                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4521                                        unsigned NumElements);
4522
4523  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4524                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4525                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4526  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4527                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4528                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4529
4530  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4531                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4532                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4533                                       ParsedType Ty,
4534                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4535
4536  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4537  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4538                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4539                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4540                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4541                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4542
4543  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4544  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4545                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4546                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4547                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4548                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4549                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4550
4551  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4552  // C++ Declarations
4553  //
4554  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4555                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4556                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4557                                       StringRef Lang,
4558                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4559  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4560                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4561                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4562
4563
4564  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4565  // C++ Classes
4566  //
4567  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4568                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4569
4570  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4571                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4572                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4573                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4574
4575  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4576                                 Declarator &D,
4577                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4578                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4579                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4580  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4581                                        Expr *Init);
4582
4583  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4584                                    Scope *S,
4585                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4586                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4587                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4588                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4589                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4590                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4591                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4592                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4593                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4594
4595  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4596                                    Scope *S,
4597                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4598                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4599                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4600                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4601                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4602                                    Expr *InitList,
4603                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4604
4605  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4606                                    Scope *S,
4607                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4608                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4609                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4610                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4611                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4612                                    Expr *Init,
4613                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4614
4615  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4616                                       Expr *Init,
4617                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4618
4619  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4620                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4621                                     Expr *Init,
4622                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4623                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4624
4625  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4626                                           Expr *Init,
4627                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4628
4629  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4630                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4631
4632  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4633                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4634
4635  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4636
4637
4638  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4639  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4640  /// referenced.
4641  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4642                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4643
4644  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4645  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4646  /// first use occurred.
4647  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4648
4649  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4650  /// materialized.
4651  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4652
4653  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4654  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4655  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4656  /// by code generation).
4657  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4658
4659  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4660  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4661
4662  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4663                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4664    DynamicClassesType;
4665
4666  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4667  /// unit.
4668  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4669
4670  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4671  /// given location.
4672  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4673                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4674
4675  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4676  /// in the given class as needed.
4677  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4678                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4679
4680  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4681  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4682  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4683                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4684
4685  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4686  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4687  /// vtables.
4688  ///
4689  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4690  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4691
4692  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4693
4694  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4695                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4696                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4697                            bool AnyErrors);
4698
4699  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4700  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4701                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4702                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4703                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4704                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4705  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4706
4707  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4708  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4709  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4710  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4711  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4712  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4713  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4714  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4715  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4716                                CachedTokens &Toks);
4717  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4718  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4719
4720  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4721                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4722                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4723                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4724  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4725                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4726                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4727                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4728                                     bool Failed);
4729
4730  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4731                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4732                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4733  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4734                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4735  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4736                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4737
4738  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4739                                      StorageClass& SC);
4740  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4741  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4742                                     StorageClass& SC);
4743  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4744  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4745                                 StorageClass& SC);
4746  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4747
4748  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4749  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4750                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4751  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4752
4753  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4754  // C++ Derived Classes
4755  //
4756
4757  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4758  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4759                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4760                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4761                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4762                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4763
4764  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4765                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4766                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4767                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4768                                ParsedType basetype,
4769                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4770                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4771
4772  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4773                            unsigned NumBases);
4774  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4775                           unsigned NumBases);
4776
4777  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4778  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4779
4780  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4781  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4782
4783  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4784
4785  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4786                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4787                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4788                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4789  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4790                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4791                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4792                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4793                                    DeclarationName Name,
4794                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4795
4796  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4797
4798  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4799                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4800
4801  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4802  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4803  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4804                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4805
4806  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4807  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4808  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4809                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4810
4811  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4812
4813  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4814  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
4815
4816  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4817  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4818  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4819  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4820                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4821
4822
4823  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4824  // C++ Access Control
4825  //
4826
4827  enum AccessResult {
4828    AR_accessible,
4829    AR_inaccessible,
4830    AR_dependent,
4831    AR_delayed
4832  };
4833
4834  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4835                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4836                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4837
4838  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4839                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4840  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4841                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4842  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4843                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4844                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4845                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4846                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4847  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4848                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4849                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4850                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4851                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4852  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4853                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4854                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4855                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4856                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4857  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4858                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4859                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4860                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4861  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4862  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4863                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4864                                 NamedDecl *D);
4865  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4866                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4867                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4868                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4869  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4870                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4871  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4872                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4873                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4874                                    unsigned DiagID,
4875                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4876                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4877  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4878  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4879  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4880                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4881                                            QualType objectType);
4882
4883  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4884                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4885  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4886                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4887
4888  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4889
4890  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4891  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4892  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4893
4894  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4895    AbstractNone = -1,
4896    AbstractReturnType,
4897    AbstractParamType,
4898    AbstractVariableType,
4899    AbstractFieldType,
4900    AbstractIvarType,
4901    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4902    AbstractArrayType
4903  };
4904
4905  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4906                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4907  template<typename T1>
4908  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4909                              unsigned DiagID,
4910                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4911    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4912    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4913  }
4914
4915  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4916  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4917                              unsigned DiagID,
4918                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4919    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4920    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4921  }
4922
4923  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4924  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4925                              unsigned DiagID,
4926                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4927    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4928    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4929  }
4930
4931  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4932
4933  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4934                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4935
4936  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4937  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4938  //
4939
4940  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4941
4942  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4943
4944  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4945  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4946  //
4947  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4948                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4949  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4950                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4951
4952  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4953                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4954                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4955
4956  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4957                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4958                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4959                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4960                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4961                                  bool EnteringContext,
4962                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4963                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4964
4965  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4966                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4967                                   Scope *S,
4968                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4969                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4970                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4971
4972  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4973  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4974
4975  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4976                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4977                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4978                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4979                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4980                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4981                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4982                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4983
4984  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4985  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4986                                      unsigned Depth,
4987                                      unsigned Position,
4988                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4989                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4990  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4991                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4992                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4993                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4994                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4995                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4996                                       unsigned Depth,
4997                                       unsigned Position,
4998                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4999                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5000
5001  TemplateParameterList *
5002  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5003                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5004                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5005                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5006                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5007                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5008
5009  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5010  enum TemplateParamListContext {
5011    TPC_ClassTemplate,
5012    TPC_VarTemplate,
5013    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5014    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5015    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5016    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5017    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5018    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5019  };
5020
5021  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5022                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5023                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5024  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5025      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5026      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5027      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5028
5029  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5030                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5031                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5032                                AttributeList *Attr,
5033                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5034                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5035                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5036                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5037                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5038
5039  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5040                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5041
5042  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5043
5044  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5045                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5046                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5047
5048  TypeResult
5049  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5050                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5051                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5052                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5053                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5054                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5055
5056  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5057  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5058  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5059                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5060                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5061                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5062                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5063                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5064                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5065                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5066                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5067                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5068
5069  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5070      Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5071      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5072      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5073
5074  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5075                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5076                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5077                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5078
5079  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5080                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5081                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5082                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5083                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5084
5085  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5086                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5087                                 LookupResult &R,
5088                                 bool RequiresADL,
5089                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5090
5091  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5092                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5093                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5094                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5095
5096  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5097                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5098                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5099                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5100                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5101                                              bool EnteringContext,
5102                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5103
5104  DeclResult
5105  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5106                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5107                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5108                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5109                                   TemplateTy Template,
5110                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5111                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5112                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5113                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5114                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5115                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5116
5117  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5118                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5119                                Declarator &D);
5120
5121  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5122                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5123                                        Declarator &D);
5124
5125  bool
5126  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5127                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5128                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5129                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5130                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5131                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5132
5133  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5134                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5135                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5136
5137  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5138                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5139                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5140  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5141
5142  DeclResult
5143  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5144                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5145                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5146                             unsigned TagSpec,
5147                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5148                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5149                             TemplateTy Template,
5150                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5151                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5152                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5153                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5154                             AttributeList *Attr);
5155
5156  DeclResult
5157  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5158                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5159                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5160                             unsigned TagSpec,
5161                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5162                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5163                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5164                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5165                             AttributeList *Attr);
5166
5167  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5168                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5169                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5170                                        Declarator &D);
5171
5172  TemplateArgumentLoc
5173  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5174                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5175                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5176                                          Decl *Param,
5177                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5178                                            &Converted,
5179                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5180
5181  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5182  /// argument is being checked.
5183  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5184    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5185    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5186    CTAK_Specified,
5187
5188    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5189    /// deduction.
5190    CTAK_Deduced,
5191
5192    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5193    /// via template argument deduction.
5194    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5195  };
5196
5197  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5198                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5199                             NamedDecl *Template,
5200                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5201                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5202                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5203                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5204                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5205
5206  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5207  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5208  ///
5209  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5210  /// provided.
5211  ///
5212  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5213  ///
5214  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5215  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5216  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5217  /// arguments.
5218  ///
5219  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5220  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5221  /// set of template arguments.
5222  ///
5223  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5224  /// arguments.
5225  ///
5226  ///
5227  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5228  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5229  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5230  ///
5231  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5232  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5233                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5234                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5235                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5236                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5237                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5238
5239  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5240                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5241                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5242
5243  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5244                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5245  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5246                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5247                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5248                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5249  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5250                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5251                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5252
5253  ExprResult
5254  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5255                                          QualType ParamType,
5256                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5257  ExprResult
5258  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5259                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5260
5261  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5262  /// for equality.
5263  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5264    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5265    /// that might be redeclarations.
5266    ///
5267    /// \code
5268    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5269    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5270    /// \endcode
5271    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5272
5273    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5274    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5275    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5276    ///
5277    /// \code
5278    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5279    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5280    /// \endcode
5281    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5282
5283    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5284    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5285    /// template parameter.
5286    ///
5287    /// \code
5288    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5289    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5290    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5291    /// \endcode
5292    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5293  };
5294
5295  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5296                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5297                                      bool Complain,
5298                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5299                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5300                                        = SourceLocation());
5301
5302  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5303
5304  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5305  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5306  ///
5307  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5308  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5309  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5310  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5311  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5312  TypeResult
5313  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5314                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5315                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5316
5317  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5318  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5319  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5320  ///
5321  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5322  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5323  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5324  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5325  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5326  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5327  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5328  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5329  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5330  TypeResult
5331  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5332                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5333                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5334                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5335                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5336                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5337                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5338                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5339
5340  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5341                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5342                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5343                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5344                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5345
5346  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5347                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5348                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5349  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5350
5351  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5352  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5353                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5354
5355  std::string
5356  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5357                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5358
5359  std::string
5360  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5361                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5362                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5363
5364  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5365  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5366  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5367
5368  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5369  /// being diagnosed.
5370  ///
5371  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5372  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5373  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5374    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5375    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5376
5377    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5378    UPPC_BaseType,
5379
5380    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5381    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5382
5383    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5384    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5385
5386    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5387    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5388
5389    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5390    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5391
5392    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5393    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5394
5395    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5396    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5397
5398    /// \brief A using declaration.
5399    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5400
5401    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5402    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5403
5404    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5405    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5406
5407    /// \brief An initializer.
5408    UPPC_Initializer,
5409
5410    /// \brief A default argument.
5411    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5412
5413    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5414    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5415
5416    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5417    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5418
5419    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5420    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5421
5422    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5423    UPPC_IfExists,
5424
5425    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5426    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5427
5428    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5429    UPPC_Lambda,
5430
5431    /// \brief Block expression,
5432    UPPC_Block
5433};
5434
5435  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5436  ///
5437  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5438  ///
5439  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5440  /// parameter packs.
5441  ///
5442  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5443  ///
5444  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5445  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5446                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5447                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5448
5449  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5450  /// diagnose the error.
5451  ///
5452  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5453  ///
5454  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5455  /// packs.
5456  ///
5457  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5458  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5459                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5460
5461  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5462  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5463  ///
5464  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5465  /// parameter packs.
5466  ///
5467  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5468  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5469                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5470
5471  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5472  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5473  ///
5474  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5475  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5476  ///
5477  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5478  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5479                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5480
5481  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5482  /// diagnose the error.
5483  ///
5484  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5485  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5486  ///
5487  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5488  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5489                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5490
5491  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5492  /// diagnose the error.
5493  ///
5494  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5495  ///
5496  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5497  /// parameter packs.
5498  ///
5499  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5500  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5501                                       TemplateName Template,
5502                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5503
5504  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5505  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5506  ///
5507  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5508  /// parameter packs.
5509  ///
5510  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5511  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5512                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5513
5514  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5515  /// template argument.
5516  ///
5517  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5518  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5519  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5520                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5521
5522  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5523  /// template argument.
5524  ///
5525  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5526  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5527  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5528                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5529
5530  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5531  /// type.
5532  ///
5533  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5534  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5535  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5536                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5537
5538  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5539  /// type.
5540  ///
5541  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5542  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5543  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5544                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5545
5546  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5547  /// nested-name-specifier.
5548  ///
5549  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5550  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5551  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5552                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5553
5554  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5555  /// name.
5556  ///
5557  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5558  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5559  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5560                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5561
5562  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5563  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5564  ///
5565  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5566  /// may already be invalid.
5567  ///
5568  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5569  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5570                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5571
5572  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5573  /// creates a pack expansion.
5574  ///
5575  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5576  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5577  ///
5578  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5579  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5580
5581  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5582  /// expansion.
5583  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5584                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5585                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5586
5587  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5588  /// expansion.
5589  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5590                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5591                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5592                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5593
5594  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5595  /// creates a pack expansion.
5596  ///
5597  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5598  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5599  ///
5600  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5601  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5602
5603  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5604  /// creates a pack expansion.
5605  ///
5606  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5607  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5608  ///
5609  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5610  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5611                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5612
5613  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5614  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5615  /// transforming the pattern.
5616  ///
5617  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5618  /// pack expansion.
5619  ///
5620  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5621  /// the pack expansion.
5622  ///
5623  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5624  /// pattern.
5625  ///
5626  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5627  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5628  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5629  ///
5630  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5631  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5632  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5633  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5634  ///
5635  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5636  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5637  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5638  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5639  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5640  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5641  /// set this value in other cases.
5642  ///
5643  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5644  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5645  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5646  /// must be set.
5647  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5648                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5649                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5650                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5651                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5652                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5653                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5654
5655  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5656  /// type.
5657  ///
5658  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5659  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5660  ///
5661  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5662  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5663      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5664
5665  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5666  /// parameter packs.
5667  ///
5668  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5669  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5670  ///
5671  /// \code
5672  ///   void f(T...);
5673  /// \endcode
5674  ///
5675  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5676  /// a variadic function.
5677  ///
5678  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5679  /// false otherwise.
5680  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5681
5682  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5683  ///
5684  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5685  ///
5686  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5687  ///
5688  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5689  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5690  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5691      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5692      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5693      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5694
5695  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5696  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5697  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5698
5699  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5700  ///
5701  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5702  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5703  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5704  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5705  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5706  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5707  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5708  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5709    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5710    TDK_Success = 0,
5711    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5712    TDK_Invalid,
5713    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5714    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5715    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5716    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5717    /// for every template parameter.
5718    TDK_Incomplete,
5719    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5720    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5721    TDK_Inconsistent,
5722    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5723    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5724    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5725    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5726    TDK_Underqualified,
5727    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5728    /// resulted in an error.
5729    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5730    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5731    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5732    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5733    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5734    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5735    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5736    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5737    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5738    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5739    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5740    /// template arguments for the given template.
5741    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5742    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5743    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5744    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5745    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5746    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5747  };
5748
5749  TemplateDeductionResult
5750  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5751                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5752                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5753
5754  TemplateDeductionResult
5755  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5756                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5757                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5758
5759  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5760      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5761      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5762      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5763      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5764      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5765
5766  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5767  // deduction for a call.
5768  struct OriginalCallArg {
5769    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5770                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5771                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5772      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5773        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5774
5775    QualType OriginalParamType;
5776    unsigned ArgIdx;
5777    QualType OriginalArgType;
5778  };
5779
5780  TemplateDeductionResult
5781  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5782                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5783                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5784                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5785                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5786           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5787
5788  TemplateDeductionResult
5789  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5790                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5791                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5792                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5793                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5794
5795  TemplateDeductionResult
5796  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5797                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5798                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5799                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5800                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5801                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5802
5803  TemplateDeductionResult
5804  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5805                          QualType ToType,
5806                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5807                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5808
5809  TemplateDeductionResult
5810  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5811                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5812                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5813                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5814                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5815
5816  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5817  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5818    DAR_Succeeded,
5819    DAR_Failed,
5820    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5821  };
5822
5823  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5824                                  QualType &Result);
5825  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5826                                  QualType &Result);
5827  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5828  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5829  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5830                        bool Diagnose = true);
5831
5832  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5833                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5834                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5835
5836  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5837                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5838                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5839                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5840                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5841  UnresolvedSetIterator
5842  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5843                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
5844                     TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5845                     unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc,
5846                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5847                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5848                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5849                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
5850
5851  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5852  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5853                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5854                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5855                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5856
5857  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5858      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5859      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
5860
5861  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5862                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5863                                  unsigned Depth,
5864                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5865  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5866                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5867                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5868    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5869  }
5870  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5871                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5872                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5873
5874  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5875  // C++ Template Instantiation
5876  //
5877
5878  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5879                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5880                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5881                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5882
5883  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5884  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5885    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5886    enum InstantiationKind {
5887      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5888      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5889      TemplateInstantiation,
5890
5891      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5892      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5893      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5894      /// arguments as specified.
5895      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5896      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5897
5898      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5899      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5900      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5901      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5902
5903      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5904      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5905      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5906
5907      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5908      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5909      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5910      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5911      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5912      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5913
5914      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5915      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5916      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5917      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5918
5919      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5920      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5921      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5922
5923      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5924      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5925      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5926    } Kind;
5927
5928    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5929    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5930
5931    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5932    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5933    /// arguments.
5934    NamedDecl *Template;
5935
5936    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5937    Decl *Entity;
5938
5939    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5940    /// are not part of the entity.
5941    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5942
5943    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5944    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5945
5946    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5947    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5948    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5949
5950    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5951    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5952    /// template instantiation.
5953    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5954
5955    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5956      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5957        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5958
5959    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5960    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5961    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5962
5963    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5964                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5965      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5966        return false;
5967
5968      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5969        return false;
5970
5971      switch (X.Kind) {
5972      case TemplateInstantiation:
5973      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5974        return true;
5975
5976      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5977      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5978        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5979
5980      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5981      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5982      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5983      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5984        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5985
5986      }
5987
5988      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5989    }
5990
5991    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5992                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5993      return !(X == Y);
5994    }
5995  };
5996
5997  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5998  ///
5999  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6000  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6001  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6002  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6003  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6004    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6005
6006  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6007  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6008  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6009
6010  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6011  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6012  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6013  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6014
6015  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6016  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6017  /// template defined within it.
6018  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6019
6020  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6021  /// template instantiation.
6022  ///
6023  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6024  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6025  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6026
6027  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6028  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6029  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6030  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6031
6032  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6033  /// error or warning was produced.
6034  ///
6035  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6036  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6037  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6038  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6039  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6040
6041  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6042  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6043  ///
6044  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6045  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6046  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6047  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6048
6049  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6050  /// within a \c Sema object.
6051  ///
6052  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6053  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6054    Sema &Self;
6055    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6056
6057  public:
6058    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6059      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6060      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6061    }
6062
6063    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6064      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6065    }
6066  };
6067
6068  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6069
6070  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6071  ///
6072  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6073  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6074  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6075
6076  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6077  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6078  /// deduction.
6079  ///
6080  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6081  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6082    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6083  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6084
6085  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6086  /// instantiation.
6087  ///
6088  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6089  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6090  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6091  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6092  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6093  ///
6094  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6095  /// the stack.
6096  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6097    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6098    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6099    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6100                          Decl *Entity,
6101                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6102
6103    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6104    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6105    /// of a function template.
6106    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6107                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6108                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6109
6110    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6111    /// template-id.
6112    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6113                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6114                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6115                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6116
6117    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6118    /// template-id.
6119    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6120                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6121                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6122                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6123                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6124                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6125
6126    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6127    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6128    /// specialization.
6129    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6130                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6131                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6132                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6133                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6134
6135    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6136    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6137    /// specialization.
6138    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6139                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6140                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6141                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6142                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6143
6144    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6145                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6146                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6147                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6148
6149    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6150    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6151    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6152                          NamedDecl *Template,
6153                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6154                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6155                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6156
6157    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6158                          NamedDecl *Template,
6159                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6160                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6161                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6162
6163    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6164    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6165    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6166                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6167                          NamedDecl *Param,
6168                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6169                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6170
6171
6172    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6173    void Clear();
6174
6175    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6176
6177    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6178    /// recursive template instantiations.
6179    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6180
6181  private:
6182    Sema &SemaRef;
6183    bool Invalid;
6184    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6185    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6186                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6187
6188    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6189
6190    InstantiatingTemplate&
6191    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6192  };
6193
6194  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6195
6196  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6197  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6198  /// errors.
6199  ///
6200  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6201  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6202  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6203  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6204  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6205
6206  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6207  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6208  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6209    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6210           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6211    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6212  }
6213
6214  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6215  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6216  /// deduction.`
6217  class SFINAETrap {
6218    Sema &SemaRef;
6219    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6220    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6221    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6222
6223  public:
6224    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6225      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6226        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6227                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6228        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6229    {
6230      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6231        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6232      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6233    }
6234
6235    ~SFINAETrap() {
6236      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6237      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6238        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6239      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6240    }
6241
6242    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6243    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6244      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6245    }
6246  };
6247
6248  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6249  /// variables.
6250  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6251
6252  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6253  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6254
6255  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6256    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6257
6258  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6259  /// name lookup.
6260  ///
6261  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6262  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6263  /// string represents a keyword.
6264  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6265
6266  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6267  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6268
6269  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6270  ///
6271  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6272  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6273  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6274  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6275  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6276  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6277  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6278
6279  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6280  /// but have not yet been performed.
6281  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6282
6283  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6284  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6285  ///
6286  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6287  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6288  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6289  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6290  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6291
6292  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6293
6294  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6295                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6296                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6297
6298  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6299                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6300                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6301
6302  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6303                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6304                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6305
6306  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6307                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6308                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6309                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6310                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6311                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6312  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6313                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6314                                int indexAdjustment,
6315                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6316                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6317  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6318                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6319                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6320                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6321                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6322  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6323                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6324
6325  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6326  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6327  ///
6328  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6329  ///
6330  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6331  ///
6332  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6333  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6334  ///
6335  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6336  ///
6337  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6338  ///
6339  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6340  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6341                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6342                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6343
6344  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6345                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6346
6347  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6348                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6349
6350  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6351                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6352                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6353
6354  bool
6355  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6356                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6357                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6358
6359  bool
6360  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6361                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6362                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6363                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6364                   bool Complain = true);
6365
6366  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6367                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6368                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6369                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6370
6371  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6372    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6373    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6374    Decl *NewDecl;
6375
6376    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6377                              Decl *D)
6378      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6379    { }
6380  };
6381  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6382
6383  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6384                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6385                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6386                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6387
6388  bool
6389  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6390                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6391                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6392                           bool Complain = true);
6393
6394  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6395                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6396                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6397                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6398
6399  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6400                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6401                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6402                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6403
6404  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6405  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6406                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6407
6408  DeclarationNameInfo
6409  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6410                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6411  TemplateName
6412  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6413                    SourceLocation Loc,
6414                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6415  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6416             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6417             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6418
6419  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6420                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6421  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6422                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6423                                     bool Recursive = false,
6424                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6425  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6426      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6427      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6428      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6429      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6430      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6431      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6432      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0);
6433  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6434      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6435      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6436  void
6437  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6438                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6439                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6440                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0,
6441                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6442  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6443      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6444      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6445  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6446                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6447                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6448  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6449                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6450                                     VarDecl *Var,
6451                                     bool Recursive = false,
6452                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6453
6454  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6455                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6456                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6457
6458  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6459                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6460  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6461                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6462
6463  // Objective-C declarations.
6464  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6465    OCK_None = -1,
6466    OCK_Interface = 0,
6467    OCK_Protocol,
6468    OCK_Category,
6469    OCK_ClassExtension,
6470    OCK_Implementation,
6471    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6472  };
6473  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6474
6475  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6476                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6477                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6478                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6479                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6480                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6481                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6482                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6483                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6484                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6485
6486  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6487                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6488                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6489                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6490
6491  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6492    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6493    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6494    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6495
6496  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6497                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6498                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6499                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6500                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6501                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6502                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6503
6504  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6505                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6506                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6507                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6508                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6509                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6510                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6511                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6512                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6513
6514  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6515                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6516                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6517                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6518                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6519
6520  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6521                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6522                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6523                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6524                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6525
6526  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6527                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6528
6529  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6530                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6531                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6532                                     unsigned NumElts);
6533
6534  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6535                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6536                                        unsigned NumElts,
6537                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6538
6539  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6540                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6541                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6542                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6543
6544  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6545  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6546  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6547  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6548                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6549                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6550                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6551
6552  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6553  /// setters and getters as needed.
6554  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6555  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6556  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6557  ///        in class extension.
6558  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6559  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6560                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6561                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6562                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6563
6564
6565  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6566                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6567                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6568
6569  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6570                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6571
6572  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6573                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6574                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6575
6576  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6577                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6578                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6579                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6580                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6581                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6582                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6583
6584  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6585                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6586                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6587                              bool ImplKind,
6588                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6589                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6590                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6591
6592  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6593    OSMK_None,
6594    OSMK_Alloc,
6595    OSMK_New,
6596    OSMK_Copy,
6597    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6598    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6599  };
6600
6601  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6602    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6603    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6604    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6605    // in this case.
6606    ParsedType Type;
6607    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6608
6609    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6610    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6611  };
6612
6613  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6614    Scope *S,
6615    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6616    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6617    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6618    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6619    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6620    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6621    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6622    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6623    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6624    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6625    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6626
6627  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6628                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6629                                              bool IsInstance);
6630  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6631                                           bool IsInstance);
6632
6633  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6634  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6635
6636  ExprResult
6637  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6638                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6639                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6640                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6641                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6642                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6643                            bool Super);
6644
6645  ExprResult
6646  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6647                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6648                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6649                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6650
6651  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6652
6653  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6654  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6655  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6656    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6657    ObjCSuperMessage,
6658    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6659    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6660    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6661    /// name.
6662    ObjCClassMessage
6663  };
6664
6665  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6666                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6667                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6668                                     bool IsSuper,
6669                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6670                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6671
6672  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6673                               Selector Sel,
6674                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6675                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6676                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6677                               MultiExprArg Args);
6678
6679  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6680                               QualType ReceiverType,
6681                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6682                               Selector Sel,
6683                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6684                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6685                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6686                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6687                               MultiExprArg Args,
6688                               bool isImplicit = false);
6689
6690  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6691                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6692                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6693                                       Selector Sel,
6694                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6695                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6696
6697  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6698                               ParsedType Receiver,
6699                               Selector Sel,
6700                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6701                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6702                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6703                               MultiExprArg Args);
6704
6705  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6706                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6707                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6708                                  Selector Sel,
6709                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6710                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6711                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6712                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6713                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6714                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6715
6716  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6717                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6718                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6719                                          Selector Sel,
6720                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6721                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6722
6723  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6724                                  Expr *Receiver,
6725                                  Selector Sel,
6726                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6727                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6728                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6729                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6730
6731  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6732                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6733                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6734                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6735                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6736
6737  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6738                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6739                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6740                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6741                                  ParsedType Type,
6742                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6743                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6744
6745  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6746
6747  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6748  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6749  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6750                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6751
6752  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6753  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6754    RTC_Compatible,
6755    RTC_Incompatible,
6756    RTC_Unknown
6757  };
6758
6759  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6760                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6761                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6762
6763  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6764    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6765    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6766    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6767    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6768    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6769    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6770  };
6771
6772  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6773  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6774                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6775
6776  enum PragmaPackKind {
6777    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6778    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6779    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6780    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6781  };
6782
6783  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6784    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6785    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6786  };
6787
6788  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6789    PCK_Unknown,
6790    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6791    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6792    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6793    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6794    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6795  };
6796
6797  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6798  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6799                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6800                       Expr *Alignment,
6801                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6802                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6803                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6804
6805  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6806  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6807
6808  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
6809  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6810  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6811
6812  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6813  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6814
6815  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6816  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6817                         Scope *curScope,
6818                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6819
6820  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6821  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6822                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6823
6824  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6825                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6826  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6827
6828  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6829  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6830                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6831                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6832
6833  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6834  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6835  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6836                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6837                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6838                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6839                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6840
6841  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6842  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6843                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6844                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6845                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6846                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6847
6848  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6849  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6850  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6851
6852  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6853  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6854  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6855
6856  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6857  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6858
6859  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6860  void FreePackedContext();
6861
6862  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6863  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6864  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6865                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6866
6867  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6868  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6869  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6870
6871  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6872  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6873  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6874
6875  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6876  void FreeVisContext();
6877
6878  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6879  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6880  /// the appropriate attribute.
6881  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6882
6883  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6884  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6885                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6886  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6887                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6888
6889  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6890private:
6891  void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
6892  /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
6893  void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
6894  void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
6895public:
6896  /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
6897  void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
6898                           const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
6899                           Scope *CurScope);
6900  /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
6901  void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
6902
6903  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6904  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6905  /// threadprivate'.
6906  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6907                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6908                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6909  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6910  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6911                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6912                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6913  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6914  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6915                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6916                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6917
6918  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
6919                                            ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
6920                                            Stmt *AStmt,
6921                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
6922                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
6923  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
6924  /// of the  associated statement.
6925  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
6926                                          Stmt *AStmt,
6927                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
6928                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
6929
6930  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
6931                                     unsigned Argument,
6932                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
6933                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
6934                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6935                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
6936  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
6937  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
6938                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
6939                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6940                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6941                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6942
6943  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
6944                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
6945                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6946                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6947                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6948  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
6949  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
6950                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6951                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6952                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6953  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
6954  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
6955                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
6956                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6957                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
6958
6959  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6960  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6961    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6962    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6963    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6964    CCK_CStyleCast,
6965    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6966    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6967    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6968    CCK_OtherCast
6969  };
6970
6971  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6972  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6973  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6974  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6975                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6976                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6977                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6978                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6979
6980  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6981  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6982  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6983
6984  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6985  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6986  /// required.
6987  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6988
6989  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6990  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6991  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6992
6993  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6994  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6995  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6996
6997  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6998  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6999  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7000  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7001
7002  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7003  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7004  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7005  // type.
7006  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7007
7008  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7009  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7010  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7011  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7012
7013  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7014  enum VariadicCallType {
7015    VariadicFunction,
7016    VariadicBlock,
7017    VariadicMethod,
7018    VariadicConstructor,
7019    VariadicDoesNotApply
7020  };
7021
7022  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7023                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7024                                       Expr *Fn);
7025
7026  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7027  // vararg function.
7028  enum VarArgKind {
7029    VAK_Valid,
7030    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7031    VAK_Undefined,
7032    VAK_Invalid
7033  };
7034
7035  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7036  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7037
7038  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7039  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7040  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7041
7042  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7043  /// form of call prototypes.
7044  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
7045                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7046                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7047                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
7048                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7049                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7050                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7051                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
7052                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
7053
7054  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7055  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7056  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7057                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7058
7059  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7060  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7061  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7062  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7063  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7064  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7065                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
7066
7067  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7068  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7069  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7070  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7071  /// source and destination type.
7072  enum AssignConvertType {
7073    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7074    Compatible,
7075
7076    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7077    /// accept as an extension.
7078    PointerToInt,
7079
7080    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7081    /// accept as an extension.
7082    IntToPointer,
7083
7084    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7085    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7086    FunctionVoidPointer,
7087
7088    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7089    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7090    IncompatiblePointer,
7091
7092    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7093    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7094    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7095    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7096    IncompatiblePointerSign,
7097
7098    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7099    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7100    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7101
7102    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7103    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7104    /// like address spaces.
7105    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7106
7107    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7108    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7109    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7110    /// extension.
7111    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7112
7113    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7114    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7115    IncompatibleVectors,
7116
7117    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7118    /// pointer. We disallow this.
7119    IntToBlockPointer,
7120
7121    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7122    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7123    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7124
7125    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7126    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7127    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7128    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7129
7130    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7131    /// object with __weak qualifier.
7132    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7133
7134    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7135    /// represent it in the AST.
7136    Incompatible
7137  };
7138
7139  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7140  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7141  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7142  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7143                                SourceLocation Loc,
7144                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7145                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7146                                bool *Complained = 0);
7147
7148  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7149  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7150  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7151                              Expr *SrcExpr);
7152
7153  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7154  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7155  /// C99 6.5.16.
7156  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7157                                               QualType LHSType,
7158                                               QualType RHSType);
7159
7160  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7161  /// RHS to the LHS type.
7162  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7163                                               ExprResult &RHS,
7164                                               CastKind &Kind);
7165
7166  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7167  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7168  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7169  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7170                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
7171                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
7172                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7173
7174  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7175  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7176  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7177                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
7178
7179  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7180
7181  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7182
7183  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7184                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7185                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7186  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7187                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7188                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7189                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7190  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7191                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7192                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7193                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7194                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7195  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7196                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7197                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7198                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7199
7200  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7201  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7202
7203  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7204  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7205                           ExprResult &RHS);
7206  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7207    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7208    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7209  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7210    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7211    bool IsDivide);
7212  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7213    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7214    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7215  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7216    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7217    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7218  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7219    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7220    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7221  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7222    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7223    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7224  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7225    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7226                                bool isRelational);
7227  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7228    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7229    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7230  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7231    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7232  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7233  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7234  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7235  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7236    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7237
7238  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7239                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7240  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7241                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7242                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7243  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7244  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7245
7246  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7247    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7248    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7249  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7250    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7251    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7252  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7253                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7254  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7255                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7256                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7257    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7258    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7259                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7260    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7261    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7262    return Composite;
7263  }
7264
7265  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7266                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7267
7268  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7269                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7270
7271  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7272  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7273                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7274  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7275  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7276                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7277  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7278                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7279
7280  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7281  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7282
7283  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7284
7285  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7286  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7287  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7288  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7289    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7290    /// reference binding is not possible.
7291    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7292    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7293    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7294    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7295    Ref_Related,
7296    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7297    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7298    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7299    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7300    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7301    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7302    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7303    Ref_Compatible
7304  };
7305
7306  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7307                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7308                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7309                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7310                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7311
7312  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7313                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7314                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7315
7316  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7317  /// given type.
7318  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7319
7320  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7321  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7322  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7323                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7324
7325  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7326  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7327  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7328  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7329  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7330                       CastKind &Kind);
7331
7332  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7333  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7334  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7335  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7336  // returns the cast expr
7337  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7338                                CastKind &Kind);
7339
7340  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7341                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7342                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7343                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7344
7345  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7346
7347  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7348  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7349  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7350                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7351                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7352                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7353
7354  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7355  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7356
7357  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7358                                             QualType ExprType);
7359
7360  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7361  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7362  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7363  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7364  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7365
7366  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7367  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7368  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7369
7370  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7371  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7372  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7373
7374  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7375  /// \param Method - May be null.
7376  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7377  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7378  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7379                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7380                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7381                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7382                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7383                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7384                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7385
7386  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7387  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7388  /// and the form of the message send.
7389  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7390                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7391                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7392
7393  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7394  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7395  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7396
7397  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7398  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7399  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7400  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7401
7402  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7403  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7404  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7405  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7406  ///
7407  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7408  /// 'if' keyword.
7409  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7410  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7411
7412  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7413                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7414
7415  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7416  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7417  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7418
7419  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7420  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7421  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7422
7423  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7424  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7425
7426  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7427  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7428  /// the specified diagnostic.
7429  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7430                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7431                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7432
7433  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7434  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7435  /// in the global scope.
7436  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7437
7438  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7439  /// expression violations.
7440  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7441  public:
7442    bool Suppress;
7443
7444    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7445
7446    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7447    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7448    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7449  };
7450
7451  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7452  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7453  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7454  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7455                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7456                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7457  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7458                                             unsigned DiagID,
7459                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7460  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7461
7462  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7463  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7464  /// Returns false on success.
7465  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7466  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7467                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7468                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7469
7470  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7471    CFT_Device,
7472    CFT_Global,
7473    CFT_Host,
7474    CFT_HostDevice
7475  };
7476
7477  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7478
7479  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7480                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7481
7482  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7483    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7484                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7485  }
7486
7487  /// \name Code completion
7488  //@{
7489  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7490  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7491    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7492    PCC_Namespace,
7493    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7494    PCC_Class,
7495    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7496    /// or category.
7497    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7498    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7499    /// category implementation
7500    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7501    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7502    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7503    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7504    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7505    /// headers.
7506    PCC_Template,
7507    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7508    /// headers within a class.
7509    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7510    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7511    PCC_Expression,
7512    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7513    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7514    PCC_Statement,
7515    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7516    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7517    PCC_ForInit,
7518    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7519    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7520    PCC_Condition,
7521    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7522    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7523    /// in the grammar.
7524    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7525    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7526    PCC_Type,
7527    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7528    /// might also be a type cast.
7529    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7530    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7531    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7532    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7533  };
7534
7535  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7536  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7537                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7538  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7539                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7540                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7541
7542  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7543  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7544                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7545  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7546                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7547                                       bool IsArrow);
7548  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7549  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7550  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7551  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7552  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7553  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7554  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7555  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7556  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7557
7558  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7559                               bool EnteringContext);
7560  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7561  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7562  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7563  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7564  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7565  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7566                                Decl *Constructor,
7567                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7568
7569  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7570                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7571
7572  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7573  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7574  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7575  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7576  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7577  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7578  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7579  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7580                                   bool IsParameter);
7581  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7582  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7583                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7584                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7585  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7586                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7587                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7588                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7589  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7590                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7591                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7592                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7593  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7594                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7595  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7596                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7597  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7598                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7599  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7600  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7601  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7602                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7603                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7604  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7605  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7606                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7607                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7608  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7609                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7610                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7611  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7612  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7613                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7614  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7615                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7616                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7617  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7618                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7619                                          bool AtParameterName,
7620                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7621                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7622  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7623  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7624  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7625  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7626  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7627                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7628                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7629                                             unsigned Argument);
7630  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7631  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7632                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7633                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7634  //@}
7635
7636  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7637  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7638
7639public:
7640  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7641                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7642
7643private:
7644  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7645                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7646                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7647  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7648  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7649  // FunctionDeclaration.
7650  struct FormatStringInfo {
7651    unsigned FormatIdx;
7652    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7653    bool HasVAListArg;
7654  };
7655
7656  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7657                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7658  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7659                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7660  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7661                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7662  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7663                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7664  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7665  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7666                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7667                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7668                            SourceLocation Loc);
7669
7670  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7671                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7672                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7673                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7674
7675
7676  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7677
7678  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7679
7680  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7681  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7682  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7683  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7684
7685  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7686  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7687  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7688
7689public:
7690  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7691  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7692
7693private:
7694  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7695  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7696  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7697  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7698  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7699                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7700  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7701                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7702
7703public:
7704  enum FormatStringType {
7705    FST_Scanf,
7706    FST_Printf,
7707    FST_NSString,
7708    FST_Strftime,
7709    FST_Strfmon,
7710    FST_Kprintf,
7711    FST_Unknown
7712  };
7713  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7714
7715  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7716                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7717                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7718                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7719                         VariadicCallType CallType,
7720                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7721
7722private:
7723  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7724                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7725                            bool IsCXXMember,
7726                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7727                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7728                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7729  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7730                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7731                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7732                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7733                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
7734                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7735
7736  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7737                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7738                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7739
7740  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7741                               unsigned BId,
7742                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7743
7744  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7745                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7746
7747  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7748                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7749
7750  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7751                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7752  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7753  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7754  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7755  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7756
7757  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7758  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7759  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7760                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7761
7762  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7763                                   Expr *Init);
7764
7765public:
7766  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7767  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7768                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7769                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7770
7771  struct TypeTagData {
7772    TypeTagData() {}
7773
7774    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7775        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7776        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7777    {}
7778
7779    QualType Type;
7780
7781    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7782    /// layout-compatibility.
7783    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7784    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7785  };
7786
7787  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7788  /// identifies the magic value.
7789  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7790
7791private:
7792  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7793  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7794      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7795
7796  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7797  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7798  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7799                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7800
7801  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7802  ///
7803  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7804  Scope *CurScope;
7805
7806  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7807  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7808
7809protected:
7810  friend class Parser;
7811  friend class InitializationSequence;
7812  friend class ASTReader;
7813  friend class ASTWriter;
7814
7815public:
7816  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7817  ///
7818  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7819  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7820  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7821  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7822  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7823  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7824  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7825
7826  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7827  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7828
7829  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7830
7831  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7832    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7833  }
7834
7835  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7836
7837  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7838    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7839    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7840    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7841      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7842    return DC;
7843  }
7844};
7845
7846/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7847class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7848  Sema &Actions;
7849
7850public:
7851  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7852                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7853                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7854                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7855    : Actions(Actions) {
7856    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7857                                            IsDecltype);
7858  }
7859  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7860                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7861                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7862                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7863    : Actions(Actions) {
7864    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7865                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7866                                            IsDecltype);
7867  }
7868
7869  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7870    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7871  }
7872};
7873
7874DeductionFailureInfo
7875MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
7876                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7877
7878/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
7879/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
7880struct LateParsedTemplate {
7881  CachedTokens Toks;
7882  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
7883  Decl *D;
7884};
7885
7886} // end namespace clang
7887
7888#endif
7889